Metallic coated

High-strength steel

Our range of metallic coated high-strength steels includes micro-alloyed, phosphorus-alloyed and bake-hardening grades. Available with various corrosion-resistant coatings, they are ideal for applications requiring strength without a weight penalty. MagiZinc® Auto coatings optimise weight savings. Serica FLO® is our premium surface finish applied to hot-dip galvanised grades for exposed automotive panels.

Applications

  • Automotive components
  • Tubes

 

Machinery in the metallic coated blanking line
Product specification
High-strength steel is currently available in the following grades

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR IF220 TSN

CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM
Specification details for CR IF220

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Relationship with standards

  VDA standard European standard
Grade VDA 239-100 EN 10346: 2015
Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free
CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Bake-hardening
CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Phosphorus alloyed
CR P220-GI - HX220PD+Z 1
CR P260-GI - HX260PD+Z 1
CR P300-GI - HX300PD+Z 1
Micro-alloyed
CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1
CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA420-GI/ZM CR380LA-GI/ZM HX420LAD+Z/+ZM
CR HSLA460-GI/ZM CR420LA-GI/ZM -
CR HSLA500-GI/ZM CR460LA-GI/ZM -
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE

Coatings and Surface aspects

Coatings

Three types of metallic coating are available:

  • Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
  • Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron
  • MagiZinc Auto. MagiZinc Auto steel (ZM) is coated with a zinc coating containing additional magnesium and aluminium.
     

Coating weight

Coating

Minimum

Maximum

Pure zinc (Z)

90 (6 µm/side)

600 (42 µm/side)

Zinc-iron (ZF)

90 (6 µm/side)

140 (10 µm/side)

MagiZinc (ZM)

70 (5 µm/side)

200 (14 µm/side)

Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
 

Surface condition

Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised steels are available in surface conditions with minimised spangle MB or MC. Galvannealed steels and MagiZinc Auto are available in surface conditions B or C.

Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts

With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.

Surface condition C: best quality surface, suitable for exposed parts

Surface condition C is obtained by skin passing. The controlled surface for the exposed side enables application of a uniform paint finish. The reverse surface has, at least, the characteristics of surface quality B.

Surface finish

Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.

Surface roughness

Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below

Roughness Ra (µm)
cut off 0.8mm cut off 2.5mm
0.6 - 1.9 0.7 - 2.2
 

​​​Surface treatments

The surface treatments available are oiling and T-treatment.

Oiling (O)

The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.

Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:

Coating type Oiling level
Pure zinc (GI) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2
Zinc-iron(GA) 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2
MagiZinc Auto(ZM) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2

Other oiling levels are available on request.
 

T-treatment

Please contact us for further information.

Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)

Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.

For further information please visit our dedicate Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR IF220-Properties TSN

Properties

Properties


Mechanical properties

Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction. Property range is indicated according to EN 10346, but properties meet equivalent VDA 239-100 specifications also.

Interstitial-free steels
  Grade CR IF220
Coating type   GI/GA/ZM
Yield strength ReL N/mm2 220 - 280
Min. BH2 N/mm2 -
Tensile strength Rm N/mm2 340 - 420
Elongation % 32
Min. r-value r90   1.5
Min. n-value n90   0.17
Lower yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
BH2 refers to the increase of 0.2% proof stress after heating (bake hardening). Not applicable for hot rolled substrate.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm.
For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum elongation before fracture is lowered by 2%.
For galvannealed grades (ZF) the minimum r90-value is lowered by 0.2.
 

Chemical composition

Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:

Interstitial-free steels
  Grade CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM
C Max. 0.01
Mn Max. 0.9
P Max. 0.08
S Max. 0.025
Si Max. 0.2
Altot Max. 0.1
Ti Max. 0.12
Nb Max. 0.09
All values in weight%.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR IF220-Dimensions TSN

Dimensions

Dimensional capability
 

Galvanised (GI) products

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to CR IF220
0.45 - 0.50 1350
0.50 - 0.55 1500
0.55 - 0.60 1640
0.60 - 0.65 1760
0.65 - 0.70 1830
0.70 - 0.75 1850
0.75 - 0.80 1880
0.80 - 0.90 1910
0.90 - 1.10 1970
1.10 - 1.20 1920
1.20 - 1.30 1870
1.30 - 1.40 1820
1.40 - 1.50 1720
1.50 - 1.60 1640
1.60 - 1.70 1570
1.70 - 1.75 1500
1.75 - 1.80 1460
1.80 - 1.90 1390
1.90 - 2.00 1330
For widths below 900 mm, please contact us.

 

Tolerances

Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Tolerances on thickness

The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:

Thickness tolerance

Availability

Full thickness tolerance

Available

Special thickness tolerance

Available

50% of full thickness tolerance

Refer before ordering

 

The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the yield strength lower than 260N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.04

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.035

± 0.040

± 0.045

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.12

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.090

± 0.100

± 0.110

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.17

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.17

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 260N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.035

± 0.040

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.130

± 0.140

± 0.150

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 360N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.040

± 0.045

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.120

± 0.130

± 0.140

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.160

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 420N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.06

± 0.07

-

± 0.045

± 0.050

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.18

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.18

± 0.19

± 0.21

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.140

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.170

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.170

± 0.180

± 0.190

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.26

± 0.27

± 0.28

± 0.23

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.28

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

Tolerances on width

The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w Normal tolerances Special tolerances (S)
600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 + 5
0
+ 2
0
1200 < w ≤ 1500 + 6
0
+ 2
0
1500 < w ≤ 1800 + 7
0
+ 3
0
w > 1800 + 8
0
+ 3
0

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Description Availability
Coil diameter inner 610mm
(508 mm available on request)
Coil diameter outer 10/7 x width max
1000mm min.
2500mm max.
Coil weight 30t max.
33t max available after consultation
Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter
Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport
Some products may have different coil weight ranges available
Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested
KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width
KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
KIM: width > 1700 mm 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
Minimum tonnage per order Refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands

For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE

Download

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR IF260 TSN

CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM
Specification details for CR IF260

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Relationship with standards

  VDA standard European standard
Grade VDA 239-100 EN 10346: 2015
Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free
CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Bake-hardening
CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Phosphorus alloyed
CR P220-GI - HX220PD+Z 1
CR P260-GI - HX260PD+Z 1
CR P300-GI - HX300PD+Z 1
Micro-alloyed
CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1
CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA420-GI/ZM CR380LA-GI/ZM HX420LAD+Z/+ZM
CR HSLA460-GI/ZM CR420LA-GI/ZM -
CR HSLA500-GI/ZM CR460LA-GI/ZM -
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE

Coatings and Surface aspects

Coatings

Three types of metallic coating are available:

  • Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
  • Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron
  • MagiZinc Auto. MagiZinc Auto steel (ZM) is coated with a zinc coating containing additional magnesium and aluminium.
     

Coating weight

Coating

Minimum

Maximum

Pure zinc (Z)

90 (6 µm/side)

600 (42 µm/side)

Zinc-iron (ZF)

90 (6 µm/side)

140 (10 µm/side)

MagiZinc (ZM)

70 (5 µm/side)

200 (14 µm/side)

Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
 

Surface condition

Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised steels are available in surface conditions with minimised spangle MB or MC. Galvannealed steels and MagiZinc Auto are available in surface conditions B or C.

Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts

With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.

Surface condition C: best quality surface, suitable for exposed parts

Surface condition C is obtained by skin passing. The controlled surface for the exposed side enables application of a uniform paint finish. The reverse surface has, at least, the characteristics of surface quality B.

Surface finish

Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.

Surface roughness

Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below

Roughness Ra (µm)
cut off 0.8mm cut off 2.5mm
0.6 - 1.9 0.7 - 2.2
 

​​​Surface treatments

The surface treatments available are oiling and T-treatment.

Oiling (O)

The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.

Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:

Coating type Oiling level
Pure zinc (GI) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2
Zinc-iron(GA) 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2
MagiZinc Auto(ZM) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2

Other oiling levels are available on request.
 

T-treatment

Please contact us for further information.

Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)

Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.

For further information please visit our dedicate Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR IF260-Properties TSN

Properties

Properties


Mechanical properties

Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction. Property range is indicated according to EN 10346, but properties meet equivalent VDA 239-100 specifications also.

Interstitial-free steels
  Grade CR IF260
Coating type   GI/GA/ZM
Yield strength ReL N/mm2 260 - 320
Min. BH2 N/mm2 -
Tensile strength Rm N/mm2 380 - 440
Elongation % 30
Min. r-value r90   1.4
Min. n-value n90   0.16
Lower yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
BH2 refers to the increase of 0.2% proof stress after heating (bake hardening). Not applicable for hot rolled substrate.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm.
For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum elongation before fracture is lowered by 2%.
For galvannealed grades (ZF) the minimum r90-value is lowered by 0.2.
 

Chemical composition

Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:

Interstitial-free steels
  Grade CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM
C Max. 0.01
Mn Max. 1.3
P Max. 0.1
S Max. 0.025
Si Max. 0.25
Altot Max. 0.1
Ti Max. 0.12
Nb Max. 0.09
All values in weight%.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR IF260-Dimensions TSN

Dimensions

Dimensional capability
 

Galvanised (GI) products

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to CR IF260
0.50 - 0.55 1500
0.55 - 0.60 1590
0.60 - 0.65 1680
0.65 - 0.70 1710
0.70 - 0.75 1740
0.75 - 0.80 1760
0.80 - 0.90 1780
0.90 - 1.00 1800
1.00 - 1.10 1840
1.10 - 1.20 1850
1.20 - 1.30 1810
1.30 - 1.40 1770
1.40 - 1.50 1680
1.50 - 1.60 1600
1.60 - 1.70 1510
1.70 - 1.75 1470
1.75 - 1.80 1430
1.80 - 1.90 1370
1.90 - 2.00 1300
For widths below 900 mm, please contact us.

 

Tolerances

Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Tolerances on thickness

The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:

Thickness tolerance

Availability

Full thickness tolerance

Available

Special thickness tolerance

Available

50% of full thickness tolerance

Refer before ordering

 

The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the yield strength lower than 260N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.04

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.035

± 0.040

± 0.045

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.12

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.090

± 0.100

± 0.110

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.17

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.17

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 260N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.035

± 0.040

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.130

± 0.140

± 0.150

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 360N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.040

± 0.045

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.120

± 0.130

± 0.140

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.160

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 420N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.06

± 0.07

-

± 0.045

± 0.050

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.18

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.18

± 0.19

± 0.21

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.140

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.170

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.170

± 0.180

± 0.190

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.26

± 0.27

± 0.28

± 0.23

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.28

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

Tolerances on width

The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w Normal tolerances Special tolerances (S)
600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 + 5
0
+ 2
0
1200 < w ≤ 1500 + 6
0
+ 2
0
1500 < w ≤ 1800 + 7
0
+ 3
0
w > 1800 + 8
0
+ 3
0

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Description Availability
Coil diameter inner 610mm
(508 mm available on request)
Coil diameter outer 10/7 x width max
1000mm min.
2500mm max.
Coil weight 30t max.
33t max available after consultation
Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter
Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport
Some products may have different coil weight ranges available
Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested
KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width
KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
KIM: width > 1700 mm 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
Minimum tonnage per order Refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands

For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE

Download

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR BH180 TSE

CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM
Specification details for CR BH180

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Relationship with standards

  VDA standard European standard
Grade VDA 239-100 EN 10346: 2015
Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free
CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Bake-hardening
CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Phosphorus alloyed
CR P220-GI - HX220PD+Z 1
CR P260-GI - HX260PD+Z 1
CR P300-GI - HX300PD+Z 1
Micro-alloyed
CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1
CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA420-GI/ZM CR380LA-GI/ZM HX420LAD+Z/+ZM
CR HSLA460-GI/ZM CR420LA-GI/ZM -
CR HSLA500-GI/ZM CR460LA-GI/ZM -
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE

Coatings and Surface aspects

Coatings

Three types of metallic coating are available:

  • Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
  • Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron
  • MagiZinc Auto. MagiZinc Auto steel (ZM) is coated with a zinc coating containing additional magnesium and aluminium.
     

Coating weight

Coating

Minimum

Maximum

Pure zinc (Z)

90 (6 µm/side)

600 (42 µm/side)

Zinc-iron (ZF)

90 (6 µm/side)

140 (10 µm/side)

MagiZinc (ZM)

70 (5 µm/side)

200 (14 µm/side)

Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
 

Surface condition

Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised steels are available in surface conditions with minimised spangle MB or MC. Galvannealed steels and MagiZinc Auto are available in surface conditions B or C.

Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts

With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.

Surface condition C: best quality surface, suitable for exposed parts

Surface condition C is obtained by skin passing. The controlled surface for the exposed side enables application of a uniform paint finish. The reverse surface has, at least, the characteristics of surface quality B.

Surface finish

Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.

Surface roughness

Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below

Roughness Ra (µm)
cut off 0.8mm cut off 2.5mm
0.6 - 1.9 0.7 - 2.2
 

​​​Surface treatments

The surface treatments available are oiling and T-treatment.

Oiling (O)

The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.

Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:

Coating type Oiling level
Pure zinc (GI) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2
Zinc-iron(GA) 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2
MagiZinc Auto(ZM) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2

Other oiling levels are available on request.
 

T-treatment

Please contact us for further information.

Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)

Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.

For further information please visit our dedicate Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR BH180-Properties TSE

Properties

Properties


Mechanical properties

Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction. Property range is indicated according to EN 10346, but properties meet equivalent VDA 239-100 specifications also.

Bake-hardening steels
  Grade CR BH180
Coating type   GI/GA/ZM
Yield strength ReL N/mm2 180 - 240
Min. BH2 N/mm2 35
Tensile strength Rm N/mm2 290 - 360
Elongation % 34
Min. r-value r90   1.5
Min. n-value n90   0.16
Lower yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
BH2 refers to the increase of 0.2% proof stress after heating (bake hardening). Not applicable for hot rolled substrate.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm.
For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum elongation before fracture is lowered by 2%.
For galvannealed grades (ZF) the minimum r90-value is lowered by 0.2.
 

Chemical composition

Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:

Bake-hardening steels
  Grade CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM
C Max. 0.1
Mn Max. 0.7
P Max. 0.06
S Max. 0.025
Si Max. 0.5
Altot Max. 0.1
Ti Max. 0.12
Nb Max. 0.09
All values in weight%.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR BH180-Dimensions TSE

Dimensions

Dimensional capability
 

Galvanised (GI) products

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to CR BH180
0.45 - 0.50 1320
0.50 - 0.55 1470
0.55 - 0.60 1600
0.60 - 0.65 1700
0.65 - 0.70 1850
0.70 - 0.75 1930
0.75 - 0.80 1940
0.80 - 0.90 1950
0.90 - 1.00 1960
1.00 - 1.10 1930
1.10 - 1.20 1870
1.20 - 1.30 1840
1.30 - 1.40 1800
1.40 - 1.50 1770
1.50 - 1.60 1730
1.60 - 1.70 1680
1.70 - 1.75 1630
1.75 - 1.80 1580
1.80 - 1.90 1500
1.90 - 2.00 1430
For widths below 900 mm, please contact us.
 

MagiZinc® (ZM) products

For the dimensions of MagiZinc (ZM) high-strength grades, please contact us.

 

Tolerances

Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Tolerances on thickness

The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:

Thickness tolerance

Availability

Full thickness tolerance

Available

Special thickness tolerance

Available

50% of full thickness tolerance

Refer before ordering

 

The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the yield strength lower than 260N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.04

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.035

± 0.040

± 0.045

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.12

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.090

± 0.100

± 0.110

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.17

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.17

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 260N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.035

± 0.040

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.130

± 0.140

± 0.150

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 360N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.040

± 0.045

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.120

± 0.130

± 0.140

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.160

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 420N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.06

± 0.07

-

± 0.045

± 0.050

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.18

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.18

± 0.19

± 0.21

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.140

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.170

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.170

± 0.180

± 0.190

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.26

± 0.27

± 0.28

± 0.23

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.28

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

Tolerances on width

The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w Normal tolerances Special tolerances (S)
600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 + 5
0
+ 2
0
1200 < w ≤ 1500 + 6
0
+ 2
0
1500 < w ≤ 1800 + 7
0
+ 3
0
w > 1800 + 8
0
+ 3
0

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Description Availability
Coil diameter inner 610mm
(508 mm available on request)
Coil diameter outer 10/7 x width max
1000mm min.
2500mm max.
Coil weight 30t max.
33t max available after consultation
Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter
Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport
Some products may have different coil weight ranges available
Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested
KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width
KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
KIM: width > 1700 mm 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
Minimum tonnage per order Refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands

For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE

Download

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR BH220 TSE

CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM
Specification details for CR BH220

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Relationship with standards

  VDA standard European standard
Grade VDA 239-100 EN 10346: 2015
Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free
CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Bake-hardening
CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Phosphorus alloyed
CR P220-GI - HX220PD+Z 1
CR P260-GI - HX260PD+Z 1
CR P300-GI - HX300PD+Z 1
Micro-alloyed
CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1
CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA420-GI/ZM CR380LA-GI/ZM HX420LAD+Z/+ZM
CR HSLA460-GI/ZM CR420LA-GI/ZM -
CR HSLA500-GI/ZM CR460LA-GI/ZM -
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE

Coatings and Surface aspects

Coatings

Three types of metallic coating are available:

  • Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
  • Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron
  • MagiZinc Auto. MagiZinc Auto steel (ZM) is coated with a zinc coating containing additional magnesium and aluminium.
     

Coating weight

Coating

Minimum

Maximum

Pure zinc (Z)

90 (6 µm/side)

600 (42 µm/side)

Zinc-iron (ZF)

90 (6 µm/side)

140 (10 µm/side)

MagiZinc (ZM)

70 (5 µm/side)

200 (14 µm/side)

Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
 

Surface condition

Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised steels are available in surface conditions with minimised spangle MB or MC. Galvannealed steels and MagiZinc Auto are available in surface conditions B or C.

Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts

With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.

Surface condition C: best quality surface, suitable for exposed parts

Surface condition C is obtained by skin passing. The controlled surface for the exposed side enables application of a uniform paint finish. The reverse surface has, at least, the characteristics of surface quality B.

Surface finish

Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.

Surface roughness

Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below

Roughness Ra (µm)
cut off 0.8mm cut off 2.5mm
0.6 - 1.9 0.7 - 2.2
 

​​​Surface treatments

The surface treatments available are oiling and T-treatment.

Oiling (O)

The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.

Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:

Coating type Oiling level
Pure zinc (GI) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2
Zinc-iron(GA) 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2
MagiZinc Auto(ZM) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2

Other oiling levels are available on request.
 

T-treatment

Please contact us for further information.

Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)

Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.

For further information please visit our dedicate Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR BH220-Properties TSE

Properties

Properties


Mechanical properties

Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction. Property range is indicated according to EN 10346, but properties meet equivalent VDA 239-100 specifications also.

Bake-hardening steels
  Grade CR BH220
Coating type   GI/GA/ZM
Yield strength ReL N/mm2 220 - 280
Min. BH2 N/mm2 35
Tensile strength Rm N/mm2 320 - 400
Elongation % 32
Min. r-value r90   1.2
Min. n-value n90   0.15
Lower yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
BH2 refers to the increase of 0.2% proof stress after heating (bake hardening). Not applicable for hot rolled substrate.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm.
For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum elongation before fracture is lowered by 2%.
For galvannealed grades (ZF) the minimum r90-value is lowered by 0.2.
 

Chemical composition

Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:

Bake-hardening steels
  Grade CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM
C Max. 0.1
Mn Max. 0.7
P Max. 0.08
S Max. 0.025
Si Max. 0.5
Altot Max. 0.1
Ti Max. 0.12
Nb Max. 0.09
All values in weight%.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR BH220-Dimensions TSE

Dimensions

Dimensional capability
 

Galvanised (GI) products

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to CR BH220
0.45 - 0.50 1320
0.50 - 0.55 1470
0.55 - 0.60 1610
0.60 - 0.65 1720
0.65 - 0.70 1880
0.70 - 0.75 1920
0.75 - 0.80 1960
0.80 - 0.90 2000
0.90 - 1.20 2030
1.20 - 1.30 1980
1.30 - 1.40 1900
1.40 - 1.50 1840
1.50 - 1.60 1760
1.60 - 1.65 1710
1.65 - 1.70 1670
1.70 - 1.80 1660
1.80 - 1.90 1590
1.90 - 1.95 1580
1.95 - 2.00 1540
For widths below 900 mm, please contact us.
 

Galvannealed (GA) products

For the dimensions of galvannealed (GA) high-strength grades, please contact us.
 

MagiZinc® (ZM) products

For the dimensions of MagiZinc (ZM) high-strength grades, please contact us.

 

Tolerances

Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Tolerances on thickness

The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:

Thickness tolerance

Availability

Full thickness tolerance

Available

Special thickness tolerance

Available

50% of full thickness tolerance

Refer before ordering

 

The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the yield strength lower than 260N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.04

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.035

± 0.040

± 0.045

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.12

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.090

± 0.100

± 0.110

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.17

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.17

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 260N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.035

± 0.040

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.130

± 0.140

± 0.150

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 360N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.040

± 0.045

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.120

± 0.130

± 0.140

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.160

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 420N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.06

± 0.07

-

± 0.045

± 0.050

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.18

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.18

± 0.19

± 0.21

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.140

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.170

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.170

± 0.180

± 0.190

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.26

± 0.27

± 0.28

± 0.23

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.28

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

Tolerances on width

The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w Normal tolerances Special tolerances (S)
600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 + 5
0
+ 2
0
1200 < w ≤ 1500 + 6
0
+ 2
0
1500 < w ≤ 1800 + 7
0
+ 3
0
w > 1800 + 8
0
+ 3
0

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Description Availability
Coil diameter inner 610mm
(508 mm available on request)
Coil diameter outer 10/7 x width max
1000mm min.
2500mm max.
Coil weight 30t max.
33t max available after consultation
Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter
Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport
Some products may have different coil weight ranges available
Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested
KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width
KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
KIM: width > 1700 mm 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
Minimum tonnage per order Refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands

For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE

Download

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR BH260 TSE

CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM
Specification details for CR BH260

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Relationship with standards

  VDA standard European standard
Grade VDA 239-100 EN 10346: 2015
Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free
CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Bake-hardening
CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Phosphorus alloyed
CR P220-GI - HX220PD+Z 1
CR P260-GI - HX260PD+Z 1
CR P300-GI - HX300PD+Z 1
Micro-alloyed
CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1
CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA420-GI/ZM CR380LA-GI/ZM HX420LAD+Z/+ZM
CR HSLA460-GI/ZM CR420LA-GI/ZM -
CR HSLA500-GI/ZM CR460LA-GI/ZM -
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE

Coatings and Surface aspects

Coatings

Three types of metallic coating are available:

  • Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
  • Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron
  • MagiZinc Auto. MagiZinc Auto steel (ZM) is coated with a zinc coating containing additional magnesium and aluminium.
     

Coating weight

Coating

Minimum

Maximum

Pure zinc (Z)

90 (6 µm/side)

600 (42 µm/side)

Zinc-iron (ZF)

90 (6 µm/side)

140 (10 µm/side)

MagiZinc (ZM)

70 (5 µm/side)

200 (14 µm/side)

Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
 

Surface condition

Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised steels are available in surface conditions with minimised spangle MB or MC. Galvannealed steels and MagiZinc Auto are available in surface conditions B or C.

Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts

With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.

Surface condition C: best quality surface, suitable for exposed parts

Surface condition C is obtained by skin passing. The controlled surface for the exposed side enables application of a uniform paint finish. The reverse surface has, at least, the characteristics of surface quality B.

Surface finish

Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.

Surface roughness

Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below

Roughness Ra (µm)
cut off 0.8mm cut off 2.5mm
0.6 - 1.9 0.7 - 2.2
 

​​​Surface treatments

The surface treatments available are oiling and T-treatment.

Oiling (O)

The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.

Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:

Coating type Oiling level
Pure zinc (GI) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2
Zinc-iron(GA) 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2
MagiZinc Auto(ZM) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2

Other oiling levels are available on request.
 

T-treatment

Please contact us for further information.

Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)

Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.

For further information please visit our dedicate Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR BH260-Properties TSE

Properties

Properties


Mechanical properties

Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction. Property range is indicated according to EN 10346, but properties meet equivalent VDA 239-100 specifications also.

Bake-hardening steels
  Grade CR BH260
Coating type   GI/GA/ZM
Yield strength ReL N/mm2 260 - 320
Min. BH2 N/mm2 35
Tensile strength Rm N/mm2 360 - 440
Elongation % 28
Min. r-value r90   -
Min. n-value n90   -
Lower yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
BH2 refers to the increase of 0.2% proof stress after heating (bake hardening). Not applicable for hot rolled substrate.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm.
For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum elongation before fracture is lowered by 2%.
For galvannealed grades (ZF) the minimum r90-value is lowered by 0.2.
 

Chemical composition

Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:

Bake-hardening steels
  Grade CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM
C Max. 0.1
Mn Max. 0.8
P Max. 0.1
S Max. 0.025
Si Max. 0.5
Altot Max. 0.1
Ti Max. 0.12
Nb Max. 0.09
All values in weight%.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR BH260-Dimensions TSE

Dimensions

Dimensional capability
 

Galvanised (GI) products

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to CR BH260
0.50 - 0.55 1480
0.55 - 0.60 1610
0.60 - 0.65 1750
0.65 - 0.70 1840
0.70 - 0.75 1840
0.75 - 0.80 1860
0.80 - 0.90 1890
0.90 - 1.00 1970
1.00 - 1.10 1970
1.10 - 1.20 1920
1.20 - 1.30 1880
1.30 - 1.40 1800
1.40 - 1.50 1760
1.50 - 1.60 1650
1.60 - 1.70 1570
1.70 - 1.80 1560
1.80 - 2.00 1540
For widths below 900 mm, please contact us.
 

MagiZinc® (ZM) products

For the dimensions of MagiZinc (ZM) high-strength grades, please contact us.

 

Tolerances

Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Tolerances on thickness

The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:

Thickness tolerance

Availability

Full thickness tolerance

Available

Special thickness tolerance

Available

50% of full thickness tolerance

Refer before ordering

 

The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the yield strength lower than 260N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.04

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.035

± 0.040

± 0.045

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.12

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.090

± 0.100

± 0.110

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.17

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.17

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 260N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.035

± 0.040

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.130

± 0.140

± 0.150

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 360N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.040

± 0.045

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.120

± 0.130

± 0.140

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.160

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 420N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.06

± 0.07

-

± 0.045

± 0.050

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.18

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.18

± 0.19

± 0.21

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.140

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.170

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.170

± 0.180

± 0.190

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.26

± 0.27

± 0.28

± 0.23

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.28

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

Tolerances on width

The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w Normal tolerances Special tolerances (S)
600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 + 5
0
+ 2
0
1200 < w ≤ 1500 + 6
0
+ 2
0
1500 < w ≤ 1800 + 7
0
+ 3
0
w > 1800 + 8
0
+ 3
0

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Description Availability
Coil diameter inner 610mm
(508 mm available on request)
Coil diameter outer 10/7 x width max
1000mm min.
2500mm max.
Coil weight 30t max.
33t max available after consultation
Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter
Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport
Some products may have different coil weight ranges available
Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested
KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width
KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
KIM: width > 1700 mm 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
Minimum tonnage per order Refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands

For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE

Download

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR BH300 TSE

CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM
Specification details for CR BH300

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Relationship with standards

  VDA standard European standard
Grade VDA 239-100 EN 10346: 2015
Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free
CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Bake-hardening
CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Phosphorus alloyed
CR P220-GI - HX220PD+Z 1
CR P260-GI - HX260PD+Z 1
CR P300-GI - HX300PD+Z 1
Micro-alloyed
CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1
CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA420-GI/ZM CR380LA-GI/ZM HX420LAD+Z/+ZM
CR HSLA460-GI/ZM CR420LA-GI/ZM -
CR HSLA500-GI/ZM CR460LA-GI/ZM -
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE

Coatings and Surface aspects

Coatings

Three types of metallic coating are available:

  • Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
  • Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron
  • MagiZinc Auto. MagiZinc Auto steel (ZM) is coated with a zinc coating containing additional magnesium and aluminium.
     

Coating weight

Coating

Minimum

Maximum

Pure zinc (Z)

90 (6 µm/side)

600 (42 µm/side)

Zinc-iron (ZF)

90 (6 µm/side)

140 (10 µm/side)

MagiZinc (ZM)

70 (5 µm/side)

200 (14 µm/side)

Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
 

Surface condition

Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised steels are available in surface conditions with minimised spangle MB or MC. Galvannealed steels and MagiZinc Auto are available in surface conditions B or C.

Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts

With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.

Surface condition C: best quality surface, suitable for exposed parts

Surface condition C is obtained by skin passing. The controlled surface for the exposed side enables application of a uniform paint finish. The reverse surface has, at least, the characteristics of surface quality B.

Surface finish

Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.

Surface roughness

Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below

Roughness Ra (µm)
cut off 0.8mm cut off 2.5mm
0.6 - 1.9 0.7 - 2.2
 

​​​Surface treatments

The surface treatments available are oiling and T-treatment.

Oiling (O)

The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.

Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:

Coating type Oiling level
Pure zinc (GI) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2
Zinc-iron(GA) 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2
MagiZinc Auto(ZM) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2

Other oiling levels are available on request.
 

T-treatment

Please contact us for further information.

Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)

Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.

For further information please visit our dedicate Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR BH300-Properties TSE

Properties

Properties


Mechanical properties

Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction. Property range is indicated according to EN 10346, but properties meet equivalent VDA 239-100 specifications also.

Bake-hardening steels
  Grade CR BH300
Coating type   GI/GA/ZM
Yield strength ReL N/mm2 300 - 360
Min. BH2 N/mm2 35
Tensile strength Rm N/mm2 400 - 480
Elongation % 26
Min. r-value r90   -
Min. n-value n90   -
Lower yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
BH2 refers to the increase of 0.2% proof stress after heating (bake hardening). Not applicable for hot rolled substrate.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm.
For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum elongation before fracture is lowered by 2%.
For galvannealed grades (ZF) the minimum r90-value is lowered by 0.2.
 

Chemical composition

Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:

Bake-hardening steels
  Grade CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM
C Max. 0.11
Mn Max. 0.8
P Max. 0.12
S Max. 0.025
Si Max. 0.5
Altot Max. 0.1
Ti Max. 0.12
Nb Max. 0.09
All values in weight%.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR BH300-Dimensions TSE

Dimensions

Dimensional capability
 

Galvanised (GI) products

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to CR BH300
0.45 - 0.50 1340
0.50 - 0.55 1550
0.55 - 0.65 1620
0.65 - 0.66 1660
0.66 - 0.75 1690
0.75 - 0.80 1710
0.80 - 0.90 1740
0.90 - 1.00 1780
1.00 - 1.10 1750
1.10 - 1.15 1720
1.15 - 1.80 1740
1.80 - 1.90 1690
1.90 - 2.00 1590
For widths below 900 mm, please contact us.
 

Galvannealed (GA) products

For the dimensions of galvannealed (GA) high-strength grades, please contact us.
 

MagiZinc® (ZM) products

For the dimensions of MagiZinc (ZM) high-strength grades, please contact us.

 

Tolerances

Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Tolerances on thickness

The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:

Thickness tolerance

Availability

Full thickness tolerance

Available

Special thickness tolerance

Available

50% of full thickness tolerance

Refer before ordering

 

The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the yield strength lower than 260N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.04

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.035

± 0.040

± 0.045

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.12

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.090

± 0.100

± 0.110

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.17

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.17

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 260N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.035

± 0.040

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.130

± 0.140

± 0.150

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 360N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.040

± 0.045

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.120

± 0.130

± 0.140

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.160

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 420N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.06

± 0.07

-

± 0.045

± 0.050

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.18

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.18

± 0.19

± 0.21

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.140

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.170

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.170

± 0.180

± 0.190

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.26

± 0.27

± 0.28

± 0.23

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.28

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

Tolerances on width

The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w Normal tolerances Special tolerances (S)
600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 + 5
0
+ 2
0
1200 < w ≤ 1500 + 6
0
+ 2
0
1500 < w ≤ 1800 + 7
0
+ 3
0
w > 1800 + 8
0
+ 3
0

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Description Availability
Coil diameter inner 610mm
(508 mm available on request)
Coil diameter outer 10/7 x width max
1000mm min.
2500mm max.
Coil weight 30t max.
33t max available after consultation
Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter
Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport
Some products may have different coil weight ranges available
Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested
KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width
KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
KIM: width > 1700 mm 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
Minimum tonnage per order Refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands

For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE

Download

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR P220 TSN

CR P220-GI/GA/ZM
Specification details for CR P220

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Relationship with standards

  VDA standard European standard
Grade VDA 239-100 EN 10346: 2015
Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free
CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Bake-hardening
CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Phosphorus alloyed
CR P220-GI - HX220PD+Z 1
CR P260-GI - HX260PD+Z 1
CR P300-GI - HX300PD+Z 1
Micro-alloyed
CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1
CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA420-GI/ZM CR380LA-GI/ZM HX420LAD+Z/+ZM
CR HSLA460-GI/ZM CR420LA-GI/ZM -
CR HSLA500-GI/ZM CR460LA-GI/ZM -
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE

Coatings and Surface aspects

Coatings

Three types of metallic coating are available:

  • Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
  • Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron
  • MagiZinc Auto. MagiZinc Auto steel (ZM) is coated with a zinc coating containing additional magnesium and aluminium.
     

Coating weight

Coating

Minimum

Maximum

Pure zinc (Z)

90 (6 µm/side)

600 (42 µm/side)

Zinc-iron (ZF)

90 (6 µm/side)

140 (10 µm/side)

MagiZinc (ZM)

70 (5 µm/side)

200 (14 µm/side)

Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
 

Surface condition

Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised steels are available in surface conditions with minimised spangle MB or MC. Galvannealed steels and MagiZinc Auto are available in surface conditions B or C.

Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts

With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.

Surface condition C: best quality surface, suitable for exposed parts

Surface condition C is obtained by skin passing. The controlled surface for the exposed side enables application of a uniform paint finish. The reverse surface has, at least, the characteristics of surface quality B.

Surface finish

Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.

Surface roughness

Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below

Roughness Ra (µm)
cut off 0.8mm cut off 2.5mm
0.6 - 1.9 0.7 - 2.2
 

​​​Surface treatments

The surface treatments available are oiling and T-treatment.

Oiling (O)

The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.

Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:

Coating type Oiling level
Pure zinc (GI) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2
Zinc-iron(GA) 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2
MagiZinc Auto(ZM) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2

Other oiling levels are available on request.
 

T-treatment

Please contact us for further information.

Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)

Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.

For further information please visit our dedicate Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR P220-Properties TSN

Properties

Properties


Mechanical properties

Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction:

 

Phosphorus-alloyed steels

  Grade CR P220
Coating type   GI/GA
Yield strength ReL N/mm2 220 - 280
Tensile strength Rm N/mm2 340 - 400
Elongation % 32
Min. r-value   1.3
Min. n-value   0.15
Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.
Lower yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
For galvannealed grades (ZF) the minimum elongation before fracture is lowered by 2%. 
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm.
For galvannealed grades (ZF) the minimum r90-value is lowered by 0.2.
Phosphorus-alloyed steels are currently not available with MagiZinc® coatings.
 

Chemical composition

Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:

Phosphorus-alloyed steels

  Grade CR P220-GI/GA/ZM
C Max. 0.08
Mn Max. 0.7
P Max. 0.1
S Max. 0.025
Si Max. 0.5
Altot Min. 0.015
Ti Max. -
Nb Max. -
Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.
All values in weight%.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR P220-Dimensions TSN

Dimensions

Dimensional capability
 

Galvanised (GI) products

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to CR P220
0.45 - 0.50 1320
0.50 - 0.55 1470
0.55 - 0.60 1610
0.60 - 0.65 1720
0.65 - 0.70 1880
0.70 - 0.75 1920
0.75 - 0.80 1960
0.80 - 0.90 2000
0.90 - 1.00 2030
1.00 - 1.20 2030
1.20 - 1.30 1980
1.30 - 1.40 1900
1.40 - 1.50 1840
1.50 - 1.60 1760
1.60 - 1.70 1670
1.70 - 1.75 1610
1.75 - 1.80 1560
1.80 - 1.90 1480
1.90 - 2.00 1410
For widths below 900 mm, please contact us.

 

Tolerances

Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Tolerances on thickness

The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:

Thickness tolerance

Availability

Full thickness tolerance

Available

Special thickness tolerance

Available

50% of full thickness tolerance

Refer before ordering

 

The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the yield strength lower than 260N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.04

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.035

± 0.040

± 0.045

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.12

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.090

± 0.100

± 0.110

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.17

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.17

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 260N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.035

± 0.040

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.130

± 0.140

± 0.150

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 360N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.040

± 0.045

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.120

± 0.130

± 0.140

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.160

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 420N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.06

± 0.07

-

± 0.045

± 0.050

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.18

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.18

± 0.19

± 0.21

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.140

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.170

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.170

± 0.180

± 0.190

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.26

± 0.27

± 0.28

± 0.23

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.28

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

Tolerances on width

The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w Normal tolerances Special tolerances (S)
600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 + 5
0
+ 2
0
1200 < w ≤ 1500 + 6
0
+ 2
0
1500 < w ≤ 1800 + 7
0
+ 3
0
w > 1800 + 8
0
+ 3
0

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Description Availability
Coil diameter inner 610mm
(508 mm available on request)
Coil diameter outer 10/7 x width max
1000mm min.
2500mm max.
Coil weight 30t max.
33t max available after consultation
Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter
Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport
Some products may have different coil weight ranges available
Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested
KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width
KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
KIM: width > 1700 mm 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
Minimum tonnage per order Refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands

For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE

Download

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR P260 TSN

CR P260-GI/GA/ZM
Specification details for CR P260

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Relationship with standards

  VDA standard European standard
Grade VDA 239-100 EN 10346: 2015
Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free
CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Bake-hardening
CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Phosphorus alloyed
CR P220-GI - HX220PD+Z 1
CR P260-GI - HX260PD+Z 1
CR P300-GI - HX300PD+Z 1
Micro-alloyed
CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1
CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA420-GI/ZM CR380LA-GI/ZM HX420LAD+Z/+ZM
CR HSLA460-GI/ZM CR420LA-GI/ZM -
CR HSLA500-GI/ZM CR460LA-GI/ZM -
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE

Coatings and Surface aspects

Coatings

Three types of metallic coating are available:

  • Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
  • Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron
  • MagiZinc Auto. MagiZinc Auto steel (ZM) is coated with a zinc coating containing additional magnesium and aluminium.
     

Coating weight

Coating

Minimum

Maximum

Pure zinc (Z)

90 (6 µm/side)

600 (42 µm/side)

Zinc-iron (ZF)

90 (6 µm/side)

140 (10 µm/side)

MagiZinc (ZM)

70 (5 µm/side)

200 (14 µm/side)

Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
 

Surface condition

Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised steels are available in surface conditions with minimised spangle MB or MC. Galvannealed steels and MagiZinc Auto are available in surface conditions B or C.

Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts

With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.

Surface condition C: best quality surface, suitable for exposed parts

Surface condition C is obtained by skin passing. The controlled surface for the exposed side enables application of a uniform paint finish. The reverse surface has, at least, the characteristics of surface quality B.

Surface finish

Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.

Surface roughness

Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below

Roughness Ra (µm)
cut off 0.8mm cut off 2.5mm
0.6 - 1.9 0.7 - 2.2
 

​​​Surface treatments

The surface treatments available are oiling and T-treatment.

Oiling (O)

The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.

Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:

Coating type Oiling level
Pure zinc (GI) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2
Zinc-iron(GA) 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2
MagiZinc Auto(ZM) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2

Other oiling levels are available on request.
 

T-treatment

Please contact us for further information.

Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)

Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.

For further information please visit our dedicate Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR P260-Properties TSN

Properties

Properties


Mechanical properties

Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction:

 

Phosphorus-alloyed steels

  Grade CR P260
Coating type   GI/GA
Yield strength ReL N/mm2 260 - 320
Tensile strength Rm N/mm2 380 - 440
Elongation % 28
Min. r-value   -
Min. n-value   -
Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.
Lower yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
For galvannealed grades (ZF) the minimum elongation before fracture is lowered by 2%. 
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm.
For galvannealed grades (ZF) the minimum r90-value is lowered by 0.2.
Phosphorus-alloyed steels are currently not available with MagiZinc® coatings.
 

Chemical composition

Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:

Phosphorus-alloyed steels

  Grade CR P260-GI/GA/ZM
C Max. 0.08
Mn Max. 0.8
P Max. 0.1
S Max. 0.025
Si Max. 0.5
Altot Min. 0.015
Ti Max. -
Nb Max. -
Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.
All values in weight%.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR P260-Dimensions TSN

Dimensions

Dimensional capability
 

Galvanised (GI) products

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to CR P260
0.50 - 0.55 1480
0.55 - 0.60 1610
0.60 - 0.65 1750
0.65 - 0.70 1770
0.70 - 0.75 1810
0.75 - 0.80 1860
0.80 - 0.90 1890
0.90 - 1.00 1970
1.00 - 1.10 1970
1.10 - 1.20 1920
1.20 - 1.30 1880
1.30 - 1.40 1800
1.40 - 1.50 1730
1.50 - 1.60 1650
1.60 - 1.70 1570
1.70 - 1.75 1520
1.75 - 1.80 1480
1.80 - 1.90 1410
1.90 - 2.00 1340
For widths below 900 mm, please contact us.
 

MagiZinc® (ZM) products

For the dimensions of MagiZinc (ZM) high-strength grades, please contact us.

 

Tolerances

Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Tolerances on thickness

The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:

Thickness tolerance

Availability

Full thickness tolerance

Available

Special thickness tolerance

Available

50% of full thickness tolerance

Refer before ordering

 

The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the yield strength lower than 260N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.04

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.035

± 0.040

± 0.045

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.12

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.090

± 0.100

± 0.110

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.17

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.17

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 260N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.035

± 0.040

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.130

± 0.140

± 0.150

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 360N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.040

± 0.045

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.120

± 0.130

± 0.140

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.160

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 420N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.06

± 0.07

-

± 0.045

± 0.050

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.18

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.18

± 0.19

± 0.21

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.140

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.170

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.170

± 0.180

± 0.190

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.26

± 0.27

± 0.28

± 0.23

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.28

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

Tolerances on width

The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w Normal tolerances Special tolerances (S)
600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 + 5
0
+ 2
0
1200 < w ≤ 1500 + 6
0
+ 2
0
1500 < w ≤ 1800 + 7
0
+ 3
0
w > 1800 + 8
0
+ 3
0

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Description Availability
Coil diameter inner 610mm
(508 mm available on request)
Coil diameter outer 10/7 x width max
1000mm min.
2500mm max.
Coil weight 30t max.
33t max available after consultation
Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter
Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport
Some products may have different coil weight ranges available
Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested
KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width
KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
KIM: width > 1700 mm 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
Minimum tonnage per order Refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands

For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE

Download

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR P300 TSN

CR P300-GI/GA/ZM
Specification details for CR P300

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Relationship with standards

  VDA standard European standard
Grade VDA 239-100 EN 10346: 2015
Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free
CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Bake-hardening
CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Phosphorus alloyed
CR P220-GI - HX220PD+Z 1
CR P260-GI - HX260PD+Z 1
CR P300-GI - HX300PD+Z 1
Micro-alloyed
CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1
CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA420-GI/ZM CR380LA-GI/ZM HX420LAD+Z/+ZM
CR HSLA460-GI/ZM CR420LA-GI/ZM -
CR HSLA500-GI/ZM CR460LA-GI/ZM -
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE

Coatings and Surface aspects

Coatings

Three types of metallic coating are available:

  • Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
  • Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron
  • MagiZinc Auto. MagiZinc Auto steel (ZM) is coated with a zinc coating containing additional magnesium and aluminium.
     

Coating weight

Coating

Minimum

Maximum

Pure zinc (Z)

90 (6 µm/side)

600 (42 µm/side)

Zinc-iron (ZF)

90 (6 µm/side)

140 (10 µm/side)

MagiZinc (ZM)

70 (5 µm/side)

200 (14 µm/side)

Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
 

Surface condition

Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised steels are available in surface conditions with minimised spangle MB or MC. Galvannealed steels and MagiZinc Auto are available in surface conditions B or C.

Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts

With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.

Surface condition C: best quality surface, suitable for exposed parts

Surface condition C is obtained by skin passing. The controlled surface for the exposed side enables application of a uniform paint finish. The reverse surface has, at least, the characteristics of surface quality B.

Surface finish

Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.

Surface roughness

Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below

Roughness Ra (µm)
cut off 0.8mm cut off 2.5mm
0.6 - 1.9 0.7 - 2.2
 

​​​Surface treatments

The surface treatments available are oiling and T-treatment.

Oiling (O)

The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.

Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:

Coating type Oiling level
Pure zinc (GI) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2
Zinc-iron(GA) 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2
MagiZinc Auto(ZM) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2

Other oiling levels are available on request.
 

T-treatment

Please contact us for further information.

Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)

Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.

For further information please visit our dedicate Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR P300-Properties TSN

Properties

Properties


Mechanical properties

Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction:
 

Phosphorus-alloyed steels

  Grade CR P300
Coating type   GI/GA
Yield strength ReL N/mm2 300 - 360
Tensile strength Rm N/mm2 400 - 480
Elongation % 26
Min. r-value   -
Min. n-value   -
Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.
Lower yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
For galvannealed grades (ZF) the minimum elongation before fracture is lowered by 2%. 
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm.
For galvannealed grades (ZF) the minimum r90-value is lowered by 0.2.
Phosphorus-alloyed steels are currently not available with MagiZinc® coatings.
 

Chemical composition

Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:

Phosphorus-alloyed steels

  Grade CR P300-GI/GA/ZM
C Max. 0.1
Mn Max. 0.7
P Max. 0.12
S Max. 0.025
Si Max. 0.5
Altot Min. 0.015
Ti Max. -
Nb Max. -
Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.
All values in weight%.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR P300-Dimensions TSN

Dimensions

Dimensional capability
 

Galvanised (GI) products

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to CR P300
0.45 - 0.50 1340
0.50 - 0.55 1550
0.55 - 0.65 1620
0.65 - 0.70 1660
0.70 - 0.75 1680
0.75 - 0.80 1710
0.80 - 0.90 1740
0.90 - 1.00 1780
1.00 - 1.10 1750
1.10 - 1.20 1720
1.20 - 1.30 1690
1.30 - 1.40 1660
1.40 - 1.50 1610
1.50 - 1.60 1570
1.60 - 1.70 1510
1.70 - 1.75 1480
1.75 - 1.80 1460
1.80 - 1.90 1390
1.90 - 2.00 1320
For widths below 900 mm, please contact us.

 

Tolerances

Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Tolerances on thickness

The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:

Thickness tolerance

Availability

Full thickness tolerance

Available

Special thickness tolerance

Available

50% of full thickness tolerance

Refer before ordering

 

The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the yield strength lower than 260N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.04

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.035

± 0.040

± 0.045

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.12

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.090

± 0.100

± 0.110

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.17

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.17

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 260N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.035

± 0.040

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.130

± 0.140

± 0.150

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 360N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.040

± 0.045

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.120

± 0.130

± 0.140

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.160

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 420N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.06

± 0.07

-

± 0.045

± 0.050

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.18

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.18

± 0.19

± 0.21

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.140

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.170

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.170

± 0.180

± 0.190

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.26

± 0.27

± 0.28

± 0.23

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.28

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

Tolerances on width

The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w Normal tolerances Special tolerances (S)
600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 + 5
0
+ 2
0
1200 < w ≤ 1500 + 6
0
+ 2
0
1500 < w ≤ 1800 + 7
0
+ 3
0
w > 1800 + 8
0
+ 3
0

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Description Availability
Coil diameter inner 610mm
(508 mm available on request)
Coil diameter outer 10/7 x width max
1000mm min.
2500mm max.
Coil weight 30t max.
33t max available after consultation
Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter
Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport
Some products may have different coil weight ranges available
Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested
KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width
KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
KIM: width > 1700 mm 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
Minimum tonnage per order Refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands

For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE

Download

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR HSLA220 TSE

CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM
Specification details for CR HSLA220

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Relationship with standards

  VDA standard European standard
Grade VDA 239-100 EN 10346: 2015
Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free
CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Bake-hardening
CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Phosphorus alloyed
CR P220-GI - HX220PD+Z 1
CR P260-GI - HX260PD+Z 1
CR P300-GI - HX300PD+Z 1
Micro-alloyed
CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1
CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA420-GI/ZM CR380LA-GI/ZM HX420LAD+Z/+ZM
CR HSLA460-GI/ZM CR420LA-GI/ZM -
CR HSLA500-GI/ZM CR460LA-GI/ZM -
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE

Coatings and Surface aspects

Coatings

Three types of metallic coating are available:

  • Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
  • Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron
  • MagiZinc Auto. MagiZinc Auto steel (ZM) is coated with a zinc coating containing additional magnesium and aluminium.
     

Coating weight

Coating

Minimum

Maximum

Pure zinc (Z)

90 (6 µm/side)

600 (42 µm/side)

Zinc-iron (ZF)

90 (6 µm/side)

140 (10 µm/side)

MagiZinc (ZM)

70 (5 µm/side)

200 (14 µm/side)

Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
 

Surface condition

Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised steels are available in surface conditions with minimised spangle MB or MC. Galvannealed steels and MagiZinc Auto are available in surface conditions B or C.

Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts

With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.

Surface condition C: best quality surface, suitable for exposed parts

Surface condition C is obtained by skin passing. The controlled surface for the exposed side enables application of a uniform paint finish. The reverse surface has, at least, the characteristics of surface quality B.

Surface finish

Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.

Surface roughness

Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below

Roughness Ra (µm)
cut off 0.8mm cut off 2.5mm
0.6 - 1.9 0.7 - 2.2
 

​​​Surface treatments

The surface treatments available are oiling and T-treatment.

Oiling (O)

The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.

Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:

Coating type Oiling level
Pure zinc (GI) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2
Zinc-iron(GA) 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2
MagiZinc Auto(ZM) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2

Other oiling levels are available on request.
 

T-treatment

Please contact us for further information.

Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)

Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.

For further information please visit our dedicate Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA220-Properties TSE

Properties

Properties


Mechanical properties

Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction. Property range is indicated according to EN 10346, but properties meet equivalent VDA 239-100 specifications also.

Micro-alloyed steels
  Grade CR HSLA220
Coating type   GI/GA/ZM
Yield strength ReL N/mm2 220 - 300
Min. BH2 N/mm2 -
Tensile strength Rm N/mm2 320 - 400
Elongation % 29
Min. r-value r90   -
Min. n-value n90   -
Lower yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
BH2 refers to the increase of 0.2% proof stress after heating (bake hardening). Not applicable for hot rolled substrate.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm.
For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum elongation before fracture is lowered by 2%.
For galvannealed grades (ZF) the minimum r90-value is lowered by 0.2.
 

Chemical composition

Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:

Micro-alloyed steels
  Grade CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM
C Max. 0.1
Mn Max. 0.6
P Max. 0.03
S Max. 0.025
Si Max. 0.5
Altot Min. 0.015
Ti Max. -
Nb Max. -
All values in weight%.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA220-Dimensions TSE

Dimensions

Dimensional capability

Galvanised (GI) products

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to CR HSLA220
0.40 - 0.55 1520
0.55 - 0.60 1580
0.60 - 0.65 1720
0.65 - 0.70 1780
0.70 - 0.75 1800
0.75 - 0.90 1830
0.90 - 1.00 1870
1.00 - 1.10 1930
1.10 - 1.20 1970
1.20 - 1.80 2010
1.80 - 2.00 1920
For widths below 900 mm, please contact us.

 

Galvannealed (GA) products

For the dimensions of galvannealed (GA) high-strength grades, please contact us.
 

MagiZinc (ZM) products

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to CR HSLA220
0.40 - 0.55 1520
0.55 - 0.60 1580
0.60 - 0.65 1720
0.65 - 0.70 1780
0.70 - 0.75 1800
0.75 - 0.90 1830
0.90 - 1.00 1870
1.00 - 1.30 1900
1.30 - 1.40 1800
1.40 - 2.00 1700
For widths below 900 mm, please contact us.

 

Tolerances

Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Tolerances on thickness

The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:

Thickness tolerance

Availability

Full thickness tolerance

Available

Special thickness tolerance

Available

50% of full thickness tolerance

Refer before ordering

 

The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the yield strength lower than 260N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.04

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.035

± 0.040

± 0.045

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.12

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.090

± 0.100

± 0.110

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.17

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.17

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 260N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.035

± 0.040

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.130

± 0.140

± 0.150

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 360N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.040

± 0.045

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.120

± 0.130

± 0.140

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.160

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 420N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.06

± 0.07

-

± 0.045

± 0.050

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.18

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.18

± 0.19

± 0.21

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.140

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.170

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.170

± 0.180

± 0.190

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.26

± 0.27

± 0.28

± 0.23

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.28

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

Tolerances on width

The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w Normal tolerances Special tolerances (S)
600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 + 5
0
+ 2
0
1200 < w ≤ 1500 + 6
0
+ 2
0
1500 < w ≤ 1800 + 7
0
+ 3
0
w > 1800 + 8
0
+ 3
0

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Description Availability
Coil diameter inner 610mm
(508 mm available on request)
Coil diameter outer 10/7 x width max
1000mm min.
2500mm max.
Coil weight 30t max.
33t max available after consultation
Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter
Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport
Some products may have different coil weight ranges available
Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested
KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width
KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
KIM: width > 1700 mm 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
Minimum tonnage per order Refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands

For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE

Download

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR HSLA260 TSE

CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM
Specification details for CR HSLA260

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Relationship with standards

  VDA standard European standard
Grade VDA 239-100 EN 10346: 2015
Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free
CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Bake-hardening
CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Phosphorus alloyed
CR P220-GI - HX220PD+Z 1
CR P260-GI - HX260PD+Z 1
CR P300-GI - HX300PD+Z 1
Micro-alloyed
CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1
CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA420-GI/ZM CR380LA-GI/ZM HX420LAD+Z/+ZM
CR HSLA460-GI/ZM CR420LA-GI/ZM -
CR HSLA500-GI/ZM CR460LA-GI/ZM -
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE

Coatings and Surface aspects

Coatings

Three types of metallic coating are available:

  • Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
  • Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron
  • MagiZinc Auto. MagiZinc Auto steel (ZM) is coated with a zinc coating containing additional magnesium and aluminium.
     

Coating weight

Coating

Minimum

Maximum

Pure zinc (Z)

90 (6 µm/side)

600 (42 µm/side)

Zinc-iron (ZF)

90 (6 µm/side)

140 (10 µm/side)

MagiZinc (ZM)

70 (5 µm/side)

200 (14 µm/side)

Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
 

Surface condition

Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised steels are available in surface conditions with minimised spangle MB or MC. Galvannealed steels and MagiZinc Auto are available in surface conditions B or C.

Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts

With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.

Surface condition C: best quality surface, suitable for exposed parts

Surface condition C is obtained by skin passing. The controlled surface for the exposed side enables application of a uniform paint finish. The reverse surface has, at least, the characteristics of surface quality B.

Surface finish

Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.

Surface roughness

Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below

Roughness Ra (µm)
cut off 0.8mm cut off 2.5mm
0.6 - 1.9 0.7 - 2.2
 

​​​Surface treatments

The surface treatments available are oiling and T-treatment.

Oiling (O)

The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.

Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:

Coating type Oiling level
Pure zinc (GI) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2
Zinc-iron(GA) 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2
MagiZinc Auto(ZM) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2

Other oiling levels are available on request.
 

T-treatment

Please contact us for further information.

Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)

Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.

For further information please visit our dedicate Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA260-Properties TSE

Properties

Properties


Mechanical properties

Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction. Property range is indicated according to EN 10346, but properties meet equivalent VDA 239-100 specifications also.

Micro-alloyed steels
  Grade CR HSLA260
Coating type   GI/GA/ZM
Yield strength ReL N/mm2 260 - 330
Min. BH2 N/mm2 -
Tensile strength Rm N/mm2 350 - 430
Elongation % 26
Min. r-value r90   -
Min. n-value n90   -
Lower yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
BH2 refers to the increase of 0.2% proof stress after heating (bake hardening). Not applicable for hot rolled substrate.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm.
For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum elongation before fracture is lowered by 2%.
For galvannealed grades (ZF) the minimum r90-value is lowered by 0.2.
 

Chemical composition

Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:

Micro-alloyed steels
  Grade CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM
C Max. 0.11
Mn Max. 0.6
P Max. 0.03
S Max. 0.025
Si Max. 0.5
Altot Min. 0.015
Ti Max. 0.12
Nb Max. 0.09
All values in weight%.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA260-Dimensions TSE

Dimensions

Dimensional capability

Galvanised (GI) products

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to CR HSLA260
0.45 - 0.55 1520
0.55 - 0.60 1580
0.60 - 0.65 1720
0.65 - 0.70 1780
0.70 - 0.75 1800
0.75 - 0.90 1850
0.90 - 1.00 1900
1.00 - 1.10 1940
1.10 - 1.20 1980
1.20 - 1.40 2000
1.40 - 1.50 1960
1.50 - 1.60 1930
1.60 - 1.70 1850
1.70 - 1.90 1800
1.90 - 2.00 1550
For widths below 900 mm, please contact us.
 

MagiZinc (ZM) products

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to CR HSLA260
0.45 - 0.55 1520
0.55 - 0.60 1580
0.60 - 0.65 1720
0.65 - 0.70 1780
0.70 - 0.75 1800
0.75 - 0.90 1850
0.90 - 1.00 1900
1.00 - 1.30 1900
1.30 - 1.40 1800
1.40 - 1.60 1700
1.60 - 1.80 1560
1.80 - 2.00 1550
For widths below 900 mm, please contact us.

 

Tolerances

Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Tolerances on thickness

The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:

Thickness tolerance

Availability

Full thickness tolerance

Available

Special thickness tolerance

Available

50% of full thickness tolerance

Refer before ordering

 

The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the yield strength lower than 260N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.04

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.035

± 0.040

± 0.045

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.12

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.090

± 0.100

± 0.110

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.17

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.17

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 260N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.035

± 0.040

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.130

± 0.140

± 0.150

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 360N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.040

± 0.045

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.120

± 0.130

± 0.140

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.160

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 420N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.06

± 0.07

-

± 0.045

± 0.050

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.18

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.18

± 0.19

± 0.21

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.140

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.170

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.170

± 0.180

± 0.190

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.26

± 0.27

± 0.28

± 0.23

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.28

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

Tolerances on width

The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w Normal tolerances Special tolerances (S)
600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 + 5
0
+ 2
0
1200 < w ≤ 1500 + 6
0
+ 2
0
1500 < w ≤ 1800 + 7
0
+ 3
0
w > 1800 + 8
0
+ 3
0

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Description Availability
Coil diameter inner 610mm
(508 mm available on request)
Coil diameter outer 10/7 x width max
1000mm min.
2500mm max.
Coil weight 30t max.
33t max available after consultation
Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter
Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport
Some products may have different coil weight ranges available
Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested
KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width
KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
KIM: width > 1700 mm 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
Minimum tonnage per order Refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands

For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE

Download

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR HSLA300 TSE

CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM
Specification details for CR HSLA300

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Relationship with standards

  VDA standard European standard
Grade VDA 239-100 EN 10346: 2015
Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free
CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Bake-hardening
CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Phosphorus alloyed
CR P220-GI - HX220PD+Z 1
CR P260-GI - HX260PD+Z 1
CR P300-GI - HX300PD+Z 1
Micro-alloyed
CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1
CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA420-GI/ZM CR380LA-GI/ZM HX420LAD+Z/+ZM
CR HSLA460-GI/ZM CR420LA-GI/ZM -
CR HSLA500-GI/ZM CR460LA-GI/ZM -
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE

Coatings and Surface aspects

Coatings

Three types of metallic coating are available:

  • Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
  • Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron
  • MagiZinc Auto. MagiZinc Auto steel (ZM) is coated with a zinc coating containing additional magnesium and aluminium.
     

Coating weight

Coating

Minimum

Maximum

Pure zinc (Z)

90 (6 µm/side)

600 (42 µm/side)

Zinc-iron (ZF)

90 (6 µm/side)

140 (10 µm/side)

MagiZinc (ZM)

70 (5 µm/side)

200 (14 µm/side)

Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
 

Surface condition

Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised steels are available in surface conditions with minimised spangle MB or MC. Galvannealed steels and MagiZinc Auto are available in surface conditions B or C.

Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts

With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.

Surface condition C: best quality surface, suitable for exposed parts

Surface condition C is obtained by skin passing. The controlled surface for the exposed side enables application of a uniform paint finish. The reverse surface has, at least, the characteristics of surface quality B.

Surface finish

Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.

Surface roughness

Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below

Roughness Ra (µm)
cut off 0.8mm cut off 2.5mm
0.6 - 1.9 0.7 - 2.2
 

​​​Surface treatments

The surface treatments available are oiling and T-treatment.

Oiling (O)

The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.

Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:

Coating type Oiling level
Pure zinc (GI) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2
Zinc-iron(GA) 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2
MagiZinc Auto(ZM) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2

Other oiling levels are available on request.
 

T-treatment

Please contact us for further information.

Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)

Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.

For further information please visit our dedicate Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA300-Properties TSE

Properties

Properties


Mechanical properties

Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction. Property range is indicated according to EN 10346, but properties meet equivalent VDA 239-100 specifications also.

Micro-alloyed steels
  Grade CR HSLA300
Coating type   GI/GA/ZM
Yield strength ReL N/mm2 300 - 380
Min. BH2 N/mm2 -
Tensile strength Rm N/mm2 380 - 480
Elongation % 23
Min. r-value r90   -
Min. n-value n90   -
Lower yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
BH2 refers to the increase of 0.2% proof stress after heating (bake hardening). Not applicable for hot rolled substrate.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm.
For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum elongation before fracture is lowered by 2%.
For galvannealed grades (ZF) the minimum r90-value is lowered by 0.2.
 

Chemical composition

Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:

Micro-alloyed steels
  Grade CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM
C Max. 0.11
Mn Max. 1
P Max. 0.03
S Max. 0.025
Si Max. 0.5
Altot Max. 0.1
Ti Max. 0.15
Nb Max. 0.09
All values in weight%.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA300-Dimensions TSE

Dimensions

Dimensional capability

Galvanised (GI) products

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to CR HSLA300
0.45 - 0.50 1460
0.50 - 0.55 1530
0.55 - 0.60 1640
0.60 - 0.65 1740
0.65 - 0.70 1760
0.70 - 0.75 1780
0.75 - 0.90 1800
0.90 - 1.00 1860
1.00 - 1.10 1890
1.10 - 1.20 1930
1.20 - 1.25 1970
1.25 - 1.40 1980
1.40 - 1.50 1930
1.50 - 1.60 1900
1.60 - 1.80 1740
1.80 - 1.90 1690
1.90 - 2.00 1590
For widths below 900 mm, please contact us.
 

MagiZinc (ZM) products

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to CR HSLA300
0.40 - 0.45 1270
0.45 - 0.50 1460
0.50 - 0.55 1530
0.55 - 0.60 1640
0.60 - 0.65 1740
0.65 - 0.70 1760
0.70 - 0.75 1780
0.75 - 0.90 1800
0.90 - 1.00 1860
1.00 - 1.10 1890
1.10 - 1.30 1900
1.30 - 1.40 1800
1.40 - 1.80 1700
1.80 - 1.90 1690
1.90 - 2.00 1590
For widths below 900 mm, please contact us.

 

Tolerances

Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Tolerances on thickness

The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:

Thickness tolerance

Availability

Full thickness tolerance

Available

Special thickness tolerance

Available

50% of full thickness tolerance

Refer before ordering

 

The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the yield strength lower than 260N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.04

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.035

± 0.040

± 0.045

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.12

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.090

± 0.100

± 0.110

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.17

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.17

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 260N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.035

± 0.040

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.130

± 0.140

± 0.150

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 360N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.040

± 0.045

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.120

± 0.130

± 0.140

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.160

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 420N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.06

± 0.07

-

± 0.045

± 0.050

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.18

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.18

± 0.19

± 0.21

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.140

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.170

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.170

± 0.180

± 0.190

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.26

± 0.27

± 0.28

± 0.23

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.28

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

Tolerances on width

The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w Normal tolerances Special tolerances (S)
600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 + 5
0
+ 2
0
1200 < w ≤ 1500 + 6
0
+ 2
0
1500 < w ≤ 1800 + 7
0
+ 3
0
w > 1800 + 8
0
+ 3
0

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Description Availability
Coil diameter inner 610mm
(508 mm available on request)
Coil diameter outer 10/7 x width max
1000mm min.
2500mm max.
Coil weight 30t max.
33t max available after consultation
Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter
Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport
Some products may have different coil weight ranges available
Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested
KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width
KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
KIM: width > 1700 mm 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
Minimum tonnage per order Refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands

For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE

Download

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR HSLA340 TSE

CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM
Specification details for CR HSLA340

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Relationship with standards

  VDA standard European standard
Grade VDA 239-100 EN 10346: 2015
Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free
CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Bake-hardening
CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Phosphorus alloyed
CR P220-GI - HX220PD+Z 1
CR P260-GI - HX260PD+Z 1
CR P300-GI - HX300PD+Z 1
Micro-alloyed
CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1
CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA420-GI/ZM CR380LA-GI/ZM HX420LAD+Z/+ZM
CR HSLA460-GI/ZM CR420LA-GI/ZM -
CR HSLA500-GI/ZM CR460LA-GI/ZM -
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE

Coatings and Surface aspects

Coatings

Three types of metallic coating are available:

  • Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
  • Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron
  • MagiZinc Auto. MagiZinc Auto steel (ZM) is coated with a zinc coating containing additional magnesium and aluminium.
     

Coating weight

Coating

Minimum

Maximum

Pure zinc (Z)

90 (6 µm/side)

600 (42 µm/side)

Zinc-iron (ZF)

90 (6 µm/side)

140 (10 µm/side)

MagiZinc (ZM)

70 (5 µm/side)

200 (14 µm/side)

Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
 

Surface condition

Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised steels are available in surface conditions with minimised spangle MB or MC. Galvannealed steels and MagiZinc Auto are available in surface conditions B or C.

Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts

With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.

Surface condition C: best quality surface, suitable for exposed parts

Surface condition C is obtained by skin passing. The controlled surface for the exposed side enables application of a uniform paint finish. The reverse surface has, at least, the characteristics of surface quality B.

Surface finish

Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.

Surface roughness

Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below

Roughness Ra (µm)
cut off 0.8mm cut off 2.5mm
0.6 - 1.9 0.7 - 2.2
 

​​​Surface treatments

The surface treatments available are oiling and T-treatment.

Oiling (O)

The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.

Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:

Coating type Oiling level
Pure zinc (GI) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2
Zinc-iron(GA) 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2
MagiZinc Auto(ZM) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2

Other oiling levels are available on request.
 

T-treatment

Please contact us for further information.

Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)

Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.

For further information please visit our dedicate Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA340-Properties TSE

Properties

Properties


Mechanical properties

Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction. Property range is indicated according to EN 10346, but properties meet equivalent VDA 239-100 specifications also.

Micro-alloyed steels
  Grade CR HSLA340
Coating type   GI/GA/ZM
Yield strength ReL N/mm2 340 - 420
Min. BH2 N/mm2 -
Tensile strength Rm N/mm2 410 - 510
Elongation % 21
Min. r-value r90   -
Min. n-value n90   -
Lower yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
BH2 refers to the increase of 0.2% proof stress after heating (bake hardening). Not applicable for hot rolled substrate.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm.
For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum elongation before fracture is lowered by 2%.
For galvannealed grades (ZF) the minimum r90-value is lowered by 0.2.
 

Chemical composition

Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:

Micro-alloyed steels
  Grade CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM
C Max. 0.11
Mn Max. 1
P Max. 0.03
S Max. 0.025
Si Max. 0.5
Altot Min. 0.015
Ti Max. 0.15
Nb Max. 0.09
All values in weight%.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA340-Dimensions TSE

Dimensions

Dimensional capability

Galvanised (GI) products

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to CR HSLA340
0.45 - 0.50 1280
0.50 - 0.55 1350
0.55 - 0.58 1430
0.58 - 0.60 1440
0.60 - 0.65 1590
0.65 - 0.70 1600
0.70 - 0.75 1700
0.75 - 0.90 1710
0.90 - 1.00 1740
1.00 - 1.10 1760
1.10 - 1.20 1780
1.20 - 1.30 1810
1.30 - 1.40 1800
1.40 - 1.50 1770
1.50 - 1.60 1740
1.60 - 2.00 1590
For widths below 900 mm, please contact us.
 

MagiZinc (ZM) products

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to CR HSLA340
0.45 - 0.50 1280
0.50 - 0.55 1350
0.55 - 0.58 1430
0.58 - 0.60 1440
0.60 - 0.65 1590
0.65 - 0.70 1600
0.70 - 0.75 1700
0.75 - 0.90 1710
0.90 - 1.00 1740
1.00 - 1.10 1760
1.10 - 1.20 1780
1.20 - 1.30 1810
1.30 - 1.40 1800
1.40 - 1.60 1700
1.60 - 2.00 1590
For widths below 900 mm, please contact us.

 

Tolerances

Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Tolerances on thickness

The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:

Thickness tolerance

Availability

Full thickness tolerance

Available

Special thickness tolerance

Available

50% of full thickness tolerance

Refer before ordering

 

The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the yield strength lower than 260N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.04

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.035

± 0.040

± 0.045

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.12

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.090

± 0.100

± 0.110

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.17

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.17

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 260N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.035

± 0.040

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.130

± 0.140

± 0.150

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 360N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.040

± 0.045

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.120

± 0.130

± 0.140

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.160

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 420N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.06

± 0.07

-

± 0.045

± 0.050

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.18

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.18

± 0.19

± 0.21

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.140

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.170

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.170

± 0.180

± 0.190

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.26

± 0.27

± 0.28

± 0.23

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.28

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

Tolerances on width

The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w Normal tolerances Special tolerances (S)
600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 + 5
0
+ 2
0
1200 < w ≤ 1500 + 6
0
+ 2
0
1500 < w ≤ 1800 + 7
0
+ 3
0
w > 1800 + 8
0
+ 3
0

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Description Availability
Coil diameter inner 610mm
(508 mm available on request)
Coil diameter outer 10/7 x width max
1000mm min.
2500mm max.
Coil weight 30t max.
33t max available after consultation
Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter
Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport
Some products may have different coil weight ranges available
Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested
KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width
KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
KIM: width > 1700 mm 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
Minimum tonnage per order Refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands

For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE

Download

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR HSLA380 TSE

CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM
Specification details for CR HSLA380

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Relationship with standards

  VDA standard European standard
Grade VDA 239-100 EN 10346: 2015
Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free
CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Bake-hardening
CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Phosphorus alloyed
CR P220-GI - HX220PD+Z 1
CR P260-GI - HX260PD+Z 1
CR P300-GI - HX300PD+Z 1
Micro-alloyed
CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1
CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA420-GI/ZM CR380LA-GI/ZM HX420LAD+Z/+ZM
CR HSLA460-GI/ZM CR420LA-GI/ZM -
CR HSLA500-GI/ZM CR460LA-GI/ZM -
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE

Coatings and Surface aspects

Coatings

Three types of metallic coating are available:

  • Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
  • Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron
  • MagiZinc Auto. MagiZinc Auto steel (ZM) is coated with a zinc coating containing additional magnesium and aluminium.
     

Coating weight

Coating

Minimum

Maximum

Pure zinc (Z)

90 (6 µm/side)

600 (42 µm/side)

Zinc-iron (ZF)

90 (6 µm/side)

140 (10 µm/side)

MagiZinc (ZM)

70 (5 µm/side)

200 (14 µm/side)

Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
 

Surface condition

Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised steels are available in surface conditions with minimised spangle MB or MC. Galvannealed steels and MagiZinc Auto are available in surface conditions B or C.

Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts

With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.

Surface condition C: best quality surface, suitable for exposed parts

Surface condition C is obtained by skin passing. The controlled surface for the exposed side enables application of a uniform paint finish. The reverse surface has, at least, the characteristics of surface quality B.

Surface finish

Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.

Surface roughness

Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below

Roughness Ra (µm)
cut off 0.8mm cut off 2.5mm
0.6 - 1.9 0.7 - 2.2
 

​​​Surface treatments

The surface treatments available are oiling and T-treatment.

Oiling (O)

The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.

Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:

Coating type Oiling level
Pure zinc (GI) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2
Zinc-iron(GA) 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2
MagiZinc Auto(ZM) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2

Other oiling levels are available on request.
 

T-treatment

Please contact us for further information.

Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)

Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.

For further information please visit our dedicate Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA380-Properties TSE

Properties

Properties


Mechanical properties

Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction. Property range is indicated according to EN 10346, but properties meet equivalent VDA 239-100 specifications also.

Micro-alloyed steels
  Grade CR HSLA380
Coating type   GI/GA/ZM
Yield strength ReL N/mm2 380 - 480
Min. BH2 N/mm2 -
Tensile strength Rm N/mm2 440 - 560
Elongation % 19
Min. r-value r90   -
Min. n-value n90   -
Lower yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
BH2 refers to the increase of 0.2% proof stress after heating (bake hardening). Not applicable for hot rolled substrate.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm.
For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum elongation before fracture is lowered by 2%.
For galvannealed grades (ZF) the minimum r90-value is lowered by 0.2.
 

Chemical composition

Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:

Micro-alloyed steels
  Grade CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM
C Max. 0.11
Mn Max. 1.4
P Max. 0.03
S Max. 0.025
Si Max. 0.5
Altot Min. 0.015
Ti Max. 0.15
Nb Max. 0.09
All values in weight%.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA380-Dimensions TSE

Dimensions

Dimensional capability

Galvanised (GI) products

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to CR HSLA380
0.45 - 0.50 1390
0.50 - 0.55 1450
0.55 - 0.60 1480
0.60 - 0.65 1510
0.65 - 0.70 1550
0.70 - 0.75 1580
0.75 - 0.90 1600
0.90 - 1.00 1620
1.00 - 1.10 1620
1.10 - 1.25 1630
1.25 - 1.40 1640
1.40 - 1.50 1590
1.50 - 1.60 1550
1.60 - 2.00 1540
For widths below 900 mm, please contact us.
 

MagiZinc (ZM) products

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to CR HSLA380
0.45 - 0.50 1390
0.50 - 0.55 1450
0.55 - 0.60 1480
0.60 - 0.65 1510
0.65 - 0.70 1550
0.70 - 0.75 1580
0.75 - 0.90 1600
0.90 - 1.00 1620
1.00 - 1.10 1620
1.10 - 1.25 1630
1.25 - 1.40 1640
1.40 - 1.50 1590
1.50 - 1.60 1550
1.60 - 2.00 1540
For widths below 900 mm, please contact us.

 

Tolerances

Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Tolerances on thickness

The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:

Thickness tolerance

Availability

Full thickness tolerance

Available

Special thickness tolerance

Available

50% of full thickness tolerance

Refer before ordering

 

The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the yield strength lower than 260N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.04

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.035

± 0.040

± 0.045

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.12

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.090

± 0.100

± 0.110

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.17

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.17

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 260N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.035

± 0.040

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.130

± 0.140

± 0.150

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 360N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.040

± 0.045

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.120

± 0.130

± 0.140

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.160

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 420N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.06

± 0.07

-

± 0.045

± 0.050

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.18

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.18

± 0.19

± 0.21

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.140

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.170

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.170

± 0.180

± 0.190

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.26

± 0.27

± 0.28

± 0.23

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.28

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

Tolerances on width

The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w Normal tolerances Special tolerances (S)
600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 + 5
0
+ 2
0
1200 < w ≤ 1500 + 6
0
+ 2
0
1500 < w ≤ 1800 + 7
0
+ 3
0
w > 1800 + 8
0
+ 3
0

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Description Availability
Coil diameter inner 610mm
(508 mm available on request)
Coil diameter outer 10/7 x width max
1000mm min.
2500mm max.
Coil weight 30t max.
33t max available after consultation
Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter
Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport
Some products may have different coil weight ranges available
Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested
KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width
KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
KIM: width > 1700 mm 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
Minimum tonnage per order Refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands

For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE

Download

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR HSLA420 TSE

CR HSLA420-GI/ZM
Specification details for CR HSLA420

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Relationship with standards

  VDA standard European standard
Grade VDA 239-100 EN 10346: 2015
Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free
CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Bake-hardening
CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Phosphorus alloyed
CR P220-GI - HX220PD+Z 1
CR P260-GI - HX260PD+Z 1
CR P300-GI - HX300PD+Z 1
Micro-alloyed
CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1
CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA420-GI/ZM CR380LA-GI/ZM HX420LAD+Z/+ZM
CR HSLA460-GI/ZM CR420LA-GI/ZM -
CR HSLA500-GI/ZM CR460LA-GI/ZM -
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE

Coatings and Surface aspects

Coatings

Three types of metallic coating are available:

  • Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
  • Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron
  • MagiZinc Auto. MagiZinc Auto steel (ZM) is coated with a zinc coating containing additional magnesium and aluminium.
     

Coating weight

Coating

Minimum

Maximum

Pure zinc (Z)

90 (6 µm/side)

600 (42 µm/side)

Zinc-iron (ZF)

90 (6 µm/side)

140 (10 µm/side)

MagiZinc (ZM)

70 (5 µm/side)

200 (14 µm/side)

Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
 

Surface condition

Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised steels are available in surface conditions with minimised spangle MB or MC. Galvannealed steels and MagiZinc Auto are available in surface conditions B or C.

Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts

With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.

Surface condition C: best quality surface, suitable for exposed parts

Surface condition C is obtained by skin passing. The controlled surface for the exposed side enables application of a uniform paint finish. The reverse surface has, at least, the characteristics of surface quality B.

Surface finish

Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.

Surface roughness

Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below

Roughness Ra (µm)
cut off 0.8mm cut off 2.5mm
0.6 - 1.9 0.7 - 2.2
 

​​​Surface treatments

The surface treatments available are oiling and T-treatment.

Oiling (O)

The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.

Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:

Coating type Oiling level
Pure zinc (GI) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2
Zinc-iron(GA) 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2
MagiZinc Auto(ZM) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2

Other oiling levels are available on request.
 

T-treatment

Please contact us for further information.

Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)

Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.

For further information please visit our dedicate Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA420-Properties TSE

Properties

Properties


Mechanical properties

Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction. Property range is indicated according to EN 10346, but properties meet equivalent VDA 239-100 specifications also.

Micro-alloyed steels
  Grade CR HSLA420
Coating type   GI/ZM
Yield strength ReL N/mm2 420 - 520
Min. BH2 N/mm2 -
Tensile strength Rm N/mm2 470 - 590
Elongation % 17
Min. r-value r90   -
Min. n-value n90   -
Lower yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
BH2 refers to the increase of 0.2% proof stress after heating (bake hardening). Not applicable for hot rolled substrate.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm.
 

Chemical composition

Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:

Micro-alloyed steels
  Grade CR HSLA420-GI/ZM
C Max. 0.11
Mn Max. 1.4
P Max. 0.03
S Max. 0.025
Si Max. 0.5
Altot Min. 0.015
Ti Max. 0.15
Nb Max. 0.09
All values in weight%.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA420-Dimensions TSE

Dimensions

Dimensional capability
 

Galvanised (GI) products

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to CR HSLA420
0.45 - 0.50 1240
0.50 - 0.55 1300
0.55 - 0.58 1360
0.58 - 0.60 1360
0.60 - 0.65 1420
0.65 - 0.75 1540
0.75 - 0.90 1570
0.90 - 1.00 1620
1.00 - 1.10 1600
1.10 - 1.20 1580
1.20 - 1.60 1570
1.60 - 2.00 1450
For widths below 900 mm, please contact us.
 

MagiZinc (ZM) products

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to CR HSLA420
0.45 - 0.50 1240
0.50 - 0.55 1300
0.55 - 0.58 1360
0.58 - 0.60 1360
0.60 - 0.65 1420
0.65 - 0.75 1540
0.75 - 0.90 1570
0.90 - 1.00 1620
1.00 - 1.10 1600
1.10 - 1.20 1580
1.20 - 1.30 1570
1.30 - 1.40 1500
1.40 - 1.50 1400
1.50 - 1.60 1300
1.60 - 1.70 1250
1.70 - 1.80 1200
1.80 - 1.90 1150
1.90 - 2.00 1100
For widths below 900 mm, please contact us.

 

Tolerances

Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Tolerances on thickness

The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:

Thickness tolerance

Availability

Full thickness tolerance

Available

Special thickness tolerance

Available

50% of full thickness tolerance

Refer before ordering

 

The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the yield strength lower than 260N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.04

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.035

± 0.040

± 0.045

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.12

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.090

± 0.100

± 0.110

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.17

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.17

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 260N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.035

± 0.040

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.130

± 0.140

± 0.150

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 360N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.040

± 0.045

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.120

± 0.130

± 0.140

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.160

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 420N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.06

± 0.07

-

± 0.045

± 0.050

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.18

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.18

± 0.19

± 0.21

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.140

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.170

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.170

± 0.180

± 0.190

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.26

± 0.27

± 0.28

± 0.23

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.28

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

Tolerances on width

The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w Normal tolerances Special tolerances (S)
600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 + 5
0
+ 2
0
1200 < w ≤ 1500 + 6
0
+ 2
0
1500 < w ≤ 1800 + 7
0
+ 3
0
w > 1800 + 8
0
+ 3
0

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Description Availability
Coil diameter inner 610mm
(508 mm available on request)
Coil diameter outer 10/7 x width max
1000mm min.
2500mm max.
Coil weight 30t max.
33t max available after consultation
Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter
Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport
Some products may have different coil weight ranges available
Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested
KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width
KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
KIM: width > 1700 mm 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
Minimum tonnage per order Refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands

For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE

Download

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR HSLA460 TSE

CR HSLA460-GI
Specification details for CR HSLA460

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Relationship with standards

  VDA standard European standard
Grade VDA 239-100 EN 10346: 2015
Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free
CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Bake-hardening
CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Phosphorus alloyed
CR P220-GI - HX220PD+Z 1
CR P260-GI - HX260PD+Z 1
CR P300-GI - HX300PD+Z 1
Micro-alloyed
CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1
CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA420-GI/ZM CR380LA-GI/ZM HX420LAD+Z/+ZM
CR HSLA460-GI/ZM CR420LA-GI/ZM -
CR HSLA500-GI/ZM CR460LA-GI/ZM -
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE

Coatings and Surface aspects

Coatings

Three types of metallic coating are available:

  • Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
  • Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron
  • MagiZinc Auto. MagiZinc Auto steel (ZM) is coated with a zinc coating containing additional magnesium and aluminium.
     

Coating weight

Coating

Minimum

Maximum

Pure zinc (Z)

90 (6 µm/side)

600 (42 µm/side)

Zinc-iron (ZF)

90 (6 µm/side)

140 (10 µm/side)

MagiZinc (ZM)

70 (5 µm/side)

200 (14 µm/side)

Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
 

Surface condition

Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised steels are available in surface conditions with minimised spangle MB or MC. Galvannealed steels and MagiZinc Auto are available in surface conditions B or C.

Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts

With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.

Surface condition C: best quality surface, suitable for exposed parts

Surface condition C is obtained by skin passing. The controlled surface for the exposed side enables application of a uniform paint finish. The reverse surface has, at least, the characteristics of surface quality B.

Surface finish

Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.

Surface roughness

Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below

Roughness Ra (µm)
cut off 0.8mm cut off 2.5mm
0.6 - 1.9 0.7 - 2.2
 

​​​Surface treatments

The surface treatments available are oiling and T-treatment.

Oiling (O)

The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.

Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:

Coating type Oiling level
Pure zinc (GI) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2
Zinc-iron(GA) 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2
MagiZinc Auto(ZM) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2

Other oiling levels are available on request.
 

T-treatment

Please contact us for further information.

Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)

Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.

For further information please visit our dedicate Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA460-Properties TSE

Properties

Properties


Mechanical properties

Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction. Property range is indicated according to EN 10346, but properties meet equivalent VDA 239-100 specifications also.

Micro-alloyed steels
 
  Grade CR HSLA460
Coating type   GI
Yield strength ReL N/mm2 460 - 560
Min. BH2 N/mm2 -
Tensile strength Rm N/mm2 500 - 640
Elongation % 15
Min. r-value r90   -
Min. n-value n90   -
Lower yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
BH2 refers to the increase of 0.2% proof stress after heating (bake hardening). Not applicable for hot rolled substrate.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm.
For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum elongation before fracture is lowered by 2%.
For galvannealed grades (ZF) the minimum r90-value is lowered by 0.2.
 

Chemical composition

Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:

Micro-alloyed steels
  Grade CR HSLA460-GI
C Max. 0.15
Mn Max. 1.7
P Max. 0.03
S Max. 0.025
Si Max. 0.5
Altot Min. 0.015
Ti Max. 0.15
Nb Max. 0.09
All values in weight%.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA460-Dimensions TSE

Dimensions

Dimensional capability
 

Galvanised (GI) products

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to CR HSLA460
0.60 - 0.70 1250
0.70 - 0.75 1450
0.75 - 1.20 1550
For widths below 900 mm, please contact us.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Tolerances on thickness

The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:

Thickness tolerance

Availability

Full thickness tolerance

Available

Special thickness tolerance

Available

50% of full thickness tolerance

Refer before ordering

 

The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the yield strength lower than 260N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.04

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.035

± 0.040

± 0.045

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.12

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.090

± 0.100

± 0.110

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.17

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.17

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 260N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.035

± 0.040

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.130

± 0.140

± 0.150

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 360N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.040

± 0.045

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.120

± 0.130

± 0.140

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.160

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 420N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.06

± 0.07

-

± 0.045

± 0.050

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.18

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.18

± 0.19

± 0.21

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.140

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.170

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.170

± 0.180

± 0.190

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.26

± 0.27

± 0.28

± 0.23

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.28

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

Tolerances on width

The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w Normal tolerances Special tolerances (S)
600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 + 5
0
+ 2
0
1200 < w ≤ 1500 + 6
0
+ 2
0
1500 < w ≤ 1800 + 7
0
+ 3
0
w > 1800 + 8
0
+ 3
0

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Description Availability
Coil diameter inner 610mm
(508 mm available on request)
Coil diameter outer 10/7 x width max
1000mm min.
2500mm max.
Coil weight 30t max.
33t max available after consultation
Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter
Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport
Some products may have different coil weight ranges available
Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested
KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width
KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
KIM: width > 1700 mm 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
Minimum tonnage per order Refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands

For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE

Download

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR HSLA500 TSE

CR HSLA500-GI
Specification details for CR HSLA500

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Relationship with standards

  VDA standard European standard
Grade VDA 239-100 EN 10346: 2015
Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free
CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Bake-hardening
CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
Phosphorus alloyed
CR P220-GI - HX220PD+Z 1
CR P260-GI - HX260PD+Z 1
CR P300-GI - HX300PD+Z 1
Micro-alloyed
CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1
CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM
CR HSLA420-GI/ZM CR380LA-GI/ZM HX420LAD+Z/+ZM
CR HSLA460-GI/ZM CR420LA-GI/ZM -
CR HSLA500-GI/ZM CR460LA-GI/ZM -
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE

Coatings and Surface aspects

Coatings

Three types of metallic coating are available:

  • Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
  • Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron
  • MagiZinc Auto. MagiZinc Auto steel (ZM) is coated with a zinc coating containing additional magnesium and aluminium.
     

Coating weight

Coating

Minimum

Maximum

Pure zinc (Z)

90 (6 µm/side)

600 (42 µm/side)

Zinc-iron (ZF)

90 (6 µm/side)

140 (10 µm/side)

MagiZinc (ZM)

70 (5 µm/side)

200 (14 µm/side)

Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
 

Surface condition

Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised steels are available in surface conditions with minimised spangle MB or MC. Galvannealed steels and MagiZinc Auto are available in surface conditions B or C.

Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts

With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.

Surface condition C: best quality surface, suitable for exposed parts

Surface condition C is obtained by skin passing. The controlled surface for the exposed side enables application of a uniform paint finish. The reverse surface has, at least, the characteristics of surface quality B.

Surface finish

Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.

Surface roughness

Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below

Roughness Ra (µm)
cut off 0.8mm cut off 2.5mm
0.6 - 1.9 0.7 - 2.2
 

​​​Surface treatments

The surface treatments available are oiling and T-treatment.

Oiling (O)

The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.

Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:

Coating type Oiling level
Pure zinc (GI) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2
Zinc-iron(GA) 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2
MagiZinc Auto(ZM) 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2

Other oiling levels are available on request.
 

T-treatment

Please contact us for further information.

Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)

Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.

For further information please visit our dedicate Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA500-Properties TSN

Properties

Properties


Mechanical properties

Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction. Property range is indicated according to EN 10346, but properties meet equivalent VDA 239-100 specifications also.

Micro-alloyed steels
  Grade CR HSLA500
Coating type   GI
Yield strength ReL N/mm2 500 - 620
Min. BH2 N/mm2 -
Tensile strength Rm N/mm2 530 - 690
Elongation % 13
Min. r-value r90   -
Min. n-value n90  

-

Lower yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
BH2 refers to the increase of 0.2% proof stress after heating (bake hardening). Not applicable for hot rolled substrate.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm.
For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum elongation before fracture is lowered by 2%.
For galvannealed grades (ZF) the minimum r90-value is lowered by 0.2.
 

Chemical composition

Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:

Micro-alloyed steels
  Grade CR HSLA500-GI
C Max. 0.15
Mn Max. 1.7
P Max. 0.03
S Max. 0.025
Si Max. 0.5
Altot Min. 0.015
Ti Max. 0.15
Nb Max. 0.09

All values in weight%.

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA500-Dimensions TSN

Dimensions

Dimensional capability
 

Galvanised (GI) products

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to CR HSLA500
1.00 - 1.20 1560
1.20 - 1.40 1500
1.40 - 1.60 1350
1.60 - 1.80 1230
1.80 - 2.00 1130
For widths below 900 mm, please contact us.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Tolerances on thickness

The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:

Thickness tolerance

Availability

Full thickness tolerance

Available

Special thickness tolerance

Available

50% of full thickness tolerance

Refer before ordering

 

The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the yield strength lower than 260N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.04

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.035

± 0.040

± 0.045

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.12

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.090

± 0.100

± 0.110

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.17

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.17

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 260N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.035

± 0.040

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.05

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.040

± 0.045

± 0.050

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.14

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.130

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.20

± 0.130

± 0.140

± 0.150

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 360N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.05

± 0.06

-

± 0.040

± 0.045

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.045

± 0.050

± 0.060

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.10

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.120

± 0.130

± 0.140

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.22

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.160

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.19

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.19

± 0.20

± 0.21

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the yield strength 420N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900N/mm².

Nominal
thickness

Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2

Special tolerances (S) for a
nominal width of 1 2

 

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

 

≤ 1500

 

 

≤ 1500

 

≥ 0.35

≤ 0.40

± 0.06

± 0.07

-

± 0.045

± 0.050

-

> 0.40

≤ 0.60

± 0.06

± 0.08

± 0.09

± 0.050

± 0.060

± 0.070

> 0.60

≤ 0.80

± 0.07

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.060

± 0.070

± 0.080

> 0.80

≤ 1.00

± 0.09

± 0.11

± 0.12

± 0.070

± 0.080

± 0.090

> 1.00

≤ 1.20

± 0.11

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.080

± 0.090

± 0.110

> 1.20

≤ 1.60

± 0.15

± 0.16

± 0.18

± 0.090

± 0.110

± 0.120

> 1.60

≤ 2.00

± 0.18

± 0.19

± 0.21

± 0.110

± 0.120

± 0.140

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.140

± 0.150

± 0.170

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.170

± 0.180

± 0.190

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.26

± 0.27

± 0.28

± 0.23

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 5.00

≤ 6.50

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.25

± 0.26

± 0.28

1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
   over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.

 

Tolerances on width

The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w Normal tolerances Special tolerances (S)
600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 + 5
0
+ 2
0
1200 < w ≤ 1500 + 6
0
+ 2
0
1500 < w ≤ 1800 + 7
0
+ 3
0
w > 1800 + 8
0
+ 3
0

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Description Availability
Coil diameter inner 610mm
(508 mm available on request)
Coil diameter outer 10/7 x width max
1000mm min.
2500mm max.
Coil weight 30t max.
33t max available after consultation
Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter
Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport
Some products may have different coil weight ranges available
Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested
KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width
KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
KIM: width > 1700 mm 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width
Minimum tonnage per order Refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands

For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE

Download